7078 lines
		
	
	
		
			221 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7078 lines
		
	
	
		
			221 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | |
| // Name:        wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
 | |
| // Purpose:     Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| // Author:      Julian Smart
 | |
| // Modified by:
 | |
| // Created:     2005-09-30
 | |
| // Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | |
| // Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | |
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
 | |
| #define _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Data structures
 | |
|   ===============
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Data is represented by a hierarchy of objects, all derived from
 | |
|   wxRichTextObject.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   The top of the hierarchy is the buffer, a kind of wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox.
 | |
|   These boxes will allow flexible placement of text boxes on a page, but
 | |
|   for now there is a single box representing the document, and this box is
 | |
|   a wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox which contains further wxRichTextParagraph
 | |
|   objects, each of which can include text and images.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Each object maintains a range (start and end position) measured
 | |
|   from the start of the main parent box.
 | |
|   A paragraph object knows its range, and a text fragment knows its range
 | |
|   too. So, a character or image in a page has a position relative to the
 | |
|   start of the document, and a character in an embedded text box has
 | |
|   a position relative to that text box. For now, we will not be dealing with
 | |
|   embedded objects but it's something to bear in mind for later.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Note that internally, a range (5,5) represents a range of one character.
 | |
|   In the public wx[Rich]TextCtrl API, this would be passed to e.g. SetSelection
 | |
|   as (5,6). A paragraph with one character might have an internal range of (0, 1)
 | |
|   since the end of the paragraph takes up one position.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Layout
 | |
|   ======
 | |
| 
 | |
|   When Layout is called on an object, it is given a size which the object
 | |
|   must limit itself to, or one or more flexible directions (vertical
 | |
|   or horizontal). So for example a centered paragraph is given the page
 | |
|   width to play with (minus any margins), but can extend indefinitely
 | |
|   in the vertical direction. The implementation of Layout can then
 | |
|   cache the calculated size and position within the parent.
 | |
| 
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*!
 | |
|  * Includes
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "wx/defs.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "wx/list.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/textctrl.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/image.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/cmdproc.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/txtstrm.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/variant.h"
 | |
| #include "wx/position.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
 | |
| #include "wx/dataobj.h"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Compatibility
 | |
| //#define wxRichTextAttr wxTextAttr
 | |
| #define wxTextAttrEx wxTextAttr
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Setting wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET to 1 implements a
 | |
| // caret reliably without using wxClientDC in case there
 | |
| // are platform-specific problems with the generic caret.
 | |
| #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 1
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 0
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Switch off for binary compatibility, on for faster drawing
 | |
| // Note: this seems to be buggy (overzealous use of extents) so
 | |
| // don't use for now
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING 0
 | |
| 
 | |
| // The following two symbols determine whether an output implementation
 | |
| // is present. To switch the relevant one on, set wxRICHTEXT_USE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT in
 | |
| // richtextxml.cpp. By default, the faster direct output implementation is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Include the wxXmlDocument implementation for output
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Include the faster, direct implementation for output
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     The line break character that can be embedded in content.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     File types in wxRichText context.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxRichTextFileType
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Forward declarations
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCacheObject;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectList;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML      wxXmlNode;
 | |
| class                          wxRichTextFloatCollector;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH      0x01
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT     0x02
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH   0x04
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT  0x08
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within
 | |
| // the rect passed to Layout.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags to pass to Draw
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes
 | |
| // where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared
 | |
| // with the previous line
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE    0x01
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED        0x02
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT           0x04
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES      0x08
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags
 | |
| {
 | |
|     // The point was not on this object
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE =    0x01,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The point was before the position returned from HitTest
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE =  0x02,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The point was after the position returned from HitTest
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER =   0x04,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The point was on the position returned from HitTest
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON =      0x08,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The point was on space outside content
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects)
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Ignore floating objects
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags for GetRangeSize.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED        0x01
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED      0x02
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE       0x04
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY      0x08
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE            0x00
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that this operation should be undoable
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO       0x01
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that the style should not be applied if the
 | |
| // combined style at this point is already the style in question.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE        0x02
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs,
 | |
| // and not the content. This allows content styling to be
 | |
| // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters,
 | |
| // and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be
 | |
| // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08
 | |
| 
 | |
| // For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise
 | |
| // deduces number from existing attributes
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER        0x10
 | |
| 
 | |
| // For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise
 | |
| // the current indentation will be used
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL   0x20
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Resets the existing style before applying the new style
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET           0x40
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Removes the given style instead of applying it
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE          0x80
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags for SetProperties.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE            0x00
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that this operation should be undoable
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO       0x01
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs,
 | |
| // and not the content.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters,
 | |
| // and not the paragraph.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET           0x08
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Removes the given properties instead of applying them.
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE          0x10
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Flags for object insertion.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE                              0x00
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE     0x01
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE                       0x02
 | |
| 
 | |
| // A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style
 | |
| // as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a
 | |
| // flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode.
 | |
| #define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE   0x20000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR             1.5
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Miscellaneous text box flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT                   = 0x00000001,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR                   = 0x00000002,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS        = 0x00000004,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT      = 0x00000008,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME          = 0x00000010,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE              = 0x00000020,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS           = 0x00000040
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextAttrValueFlags
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID               = 0x1000,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK          = 0x1000
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Units, included in the dimension value.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextAttrUnits
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM             = 0x0001,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS                = 0x0002,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE            = 0x0004,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS                = 0x0008,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_HUNDREDTHS_POINT      = 0x0100,
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK                  = 0x010F
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC         = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE       = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE       = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED          = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK           = 0x00F0
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrDimension
 | |
| 
 | |
|     A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl,  wxTextAttrDimensions
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimension
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor taking value and units flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the dimension value and flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the integer value of the dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetValue() const { return m_value; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     float GetValueMM() const { return m_value / 10.0f; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the value of the dimension in mm.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0f) + 0.5f); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the integer value of the dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the integer value and units.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the units of the dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the units of the dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the position flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the position flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the valid flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the dimension flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the dimension flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int                         m_value;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensionFlags    m_flags;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrDimensions
 | |
|     A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensions
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the value and flags for all dimensions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Remove specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the left dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the right dimension.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the top dimension.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the bottom dimension.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Are all dimensions valid?
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_left;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_top;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_right;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_bottom;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrSize
 | |
|     A class for representing width and height.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrSize
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the width and height dimensions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the height.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the height.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the height.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the height.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Is the size valid?
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_width;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_height;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
 | |
|     A class to make it easier to convert dimensions.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the pixel size for the given dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const;
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the mm size for the given dimension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts tenths of a mm to pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const;
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts pixels to tenths of a mm.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the scale factor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the scale factor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the ppi.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetPPI(int ppi) { m_ppi = ppi; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the ppi.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetPPI() const { return m_ppi; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the parent size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetParentSize(const wxSize& parentSize) { m_parentSize = parentSize; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the parent size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxSize& GetParentSize() const { return m_parentSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int     m_ppi;
 | |
|     double  m_scale;
 | |
|     wxSize  m_parentSize;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE             = 0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID            = 1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED           = 2,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED           = 3,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE           = 4,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE           = 5,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE            = 6,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET            = 7,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET           = 8
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE            = 0x0001,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR           = 0x0002
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN             = -1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM           = -2,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK            = -3
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Float styles.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE              = 0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT              = 1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT             = 2
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Clear styles.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE              = 0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT              = 1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT             = 2,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH              = 3
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Collapse mode styles.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE           = 0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL           = 1
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Vertical alignment values.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE =       0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP  =       1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE =     2,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM  =    3
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     Whitespace values mirroring the CSS white-space attribute.
 | |
|     Only wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NO_WRAP is currently implemented,
 | |
|     in table cells.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NONE                 = 0,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NORMAL               = 1,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NO_WRAP              = 2,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED         = 3,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED_LINE    = 4,
 | |
|     wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED_WRAP    = 5
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrBorder
 | |
|     A class representing a rich text object border.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorder
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle &&
 | |
|                m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the border style, colour, width and flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the border style.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour as a long.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the border width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the border has a valid style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the border has a valid colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the border has a valid width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the border is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the valid flag for this border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the border has no attributes set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDefault() const { return (m_flags == 0); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the border flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a border flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes a border flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int                         m_borderStyle;
 | |
|     unsigned long               m_borderColour;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_borderWidth;
 | |
|     int                         m_flags;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrBorders
 | |
|     A class representing a rich text object's borders.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorders
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorders() { }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right &&
 | |
|                m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the style of all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetStyle(int style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets colour of all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColour(unsigned long colour);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the colour for all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the width of all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the width of all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets all borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if at least one border is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if no border attributes were set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDefault() const { return m_left.IsDefault() && m_right.IsDefault() && m_top.IsDefault() && m_bottom.IsDefault(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom;
 | |
| 
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextAttrShadow
 | |
|     A class representing a shadow.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrShadow
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrShadow() { Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the shadow.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow, const wxTextAttrShadow* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrShadow& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrShadow& attr, wxTextAttrShadow& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrShadow& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_shadowColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| #if wxCHECK_VERSION(2,9,0)
 | |
|     void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_shadowColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_shadowColour = (colour.Red() | (colour.Green() << 8) | (colour.Blue() << 16)); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour as a long.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_shadowColour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_shadowColour); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the shadow has a valid colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the shadow horizontal offset.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetX() { return m_offsetX; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetX() const { return m_offsetX; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow horizontal offset.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOffsetX(const wxTextAttrDimension& offset) { m_offsetX = offset; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the shadow vertical offset.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetY() { return m_offsetY; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetY() const { return m_offsetY; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow vertical offset.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOffsetY(const wxTextAttrDimension& offset) { m_offsetY = offset; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the shadow spread size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetSpread() { return m_spread; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetSpread() const { return m_spread; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow spread size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetSpread(const wxTextAttrDimension& spread) { m_spread = spread; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the shadow blur distance.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetBlurDistance() { return m_blurDistance; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBlurDistance() const { return m_blurDistance; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow blur distance.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetBlurDistance(const wxTextAttrDimension& blur) { m_blurDistance = blur; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the shadow opacity.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetOpacity() { return m_opacity; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOpacity() const { return m_opacity; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the valid flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the border flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the border flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a border flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes a border flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the shadow opacity.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOpacity(const wxTextAttrDimension& opacity) { m_opacity = opacity; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         True if the shadow has no attributes set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDefault() const { return !HasColour() && !m_offsetX.IsValid() && !m_offsetY.IsValid() && !m_spread.IsValid() && !m_blurDistance.IsValid() && !m_opacity.IsValid(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int                         m_flags;
 | |
|     unsigned long               m_shadowColour;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_offsetX;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_offsetY;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_spread;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_blurDistance;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension         m_opacity;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxTextBoxAttr
 | |
|     A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextBoxAttr
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialises this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init() { Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy
 | |
|     //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Assignment
 | |
|     //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality test.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used
 | |
|         to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for
 | |
|         situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the flags.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Is this flag present?
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes this flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds this flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if no attributes are set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDefault() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the float mode.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the float mode.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if float mode is active.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is floating.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we have a clear flag.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the whitespace mode.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode GetWhitespaceMode() const { return m_whitespaceMode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the whitespace mode.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetWhitespaceMode(wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode whitespace) { m_whitespaceMode = whitespace; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the whitespace flag is present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasWhitespaceMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the corner radius flag is present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasCornerRadius() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the corner radius value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetCornerRadius() const { return m_cornerRadius; }
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetCornerRadius() { return m_cornerRadius; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the corner radius value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetCornerRadius(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_cornerRadius = dim; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the vertical alignment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the vertical alignment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the margin values.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left margin.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right margin.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top margin.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom margin.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the padding values.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left padding value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right padding value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top padding value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom padding value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the borders.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the outline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left outline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top outline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right outline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom outline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object minimum size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object maximum size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object minimum size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object maximum size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object width.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object height.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the box style name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the box style name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the box style name is present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the box shadow attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextAttrShadow& GetShadow() { return m_shadow; }
 | |
|     const wxTextAttrShadow& GetShadow() const { return m_shadow; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the box shadow attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetShadow(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow) { m_shadow = shadow; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| public:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int                             m_flags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions            m_margins;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions            m_padding;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimensions            m_position;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize                  m_size;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize                  m_minSize;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrSize                  m_maxSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorders               m_border;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrBorders               m_outline;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle         m_floatMode;
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle         m_clearMode;
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode       m_collapseMode;
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment  m_verticalAlignment;
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode     m_whitespaceMode;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrDimension             m_cornerRadius;
 | |
|     wxString                        m_boxStyleName;
 | |
|     wxTextAttrShadow                m_shadow;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextAttr
 | |
|     A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects.
 | |
|     This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor taking a wxTextAttr.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy function.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality test.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | |
|         have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
 | |
|         @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
 | |
|         in this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith
 | |
|         is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
 | |
|         and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
|         which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the text box attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; }
 | |
|     const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the text box attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if no attributes are set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDefault() const { return (GetFlags() == 0) && m_textBoxAttr.IsDefault(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxTextBoxAttr    m_textBoxAttr;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextAttrArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVariant, wxRichTextVariantArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRect, wxRichTextRectArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextProperties
 | |
|     A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the
 | |
|     ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextProperties() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies from @a props.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the variant at the given index.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the variant at the given index.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the array of variants.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns all the property names.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns a count of the properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the given property is found.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds the given property.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int Find(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the given property.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Remove(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the property variant by name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the value of the named property as a string.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the value of the named property as a long integer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the value of the named property as a boolean.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the value of the named property as a double.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets a property by name and variant.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets a property by name and string value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets a property by name and wxChar* value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxChar* value) { SetProperty(name, wxString(value)); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets  property by name and long integer value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets  property by name and double value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets  property by name and boolean value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes the given properties from these properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Merges the given properties with these properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxRichTextVariantArray  m_properties;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextFontTable
 | |
|     Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFontTable();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the font table is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a font for the given attribute object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the font table.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inequality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the font scale factor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     double m_fontScale;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable);
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextRange
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRange
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor taking start and end positions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
 | |
|     ~wxRichTextRange() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assigns @a range to this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inequality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Subtracts a range from this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a range to this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the range start and end positions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the start position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the start position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetStart() const { return m_start; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the end position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the end position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetEnd() const { return m_end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns true if this range is completely within @a range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Limit this range to be within @a range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the length of the range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Swaps the start and end.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in
 | |
|         the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character
 | |
|         positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position.
 | |
|         (n, n) is the range of a single character.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions
 | |
|         of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last
 | |
|         character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position.
 | |
|         (n, n+1) is the range of a single character.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     long m_start;
 | |
|     long m_end;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRange, wxRichTextRangeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_ALL  wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_NONE  wxRichTextRange(-1, -1)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextSelection
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous
 | |
|     selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist
 | |
|     of a set of non-contiguous positions).
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It
 | |
|     follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextSelection
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a selection from a range and a container.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
 | |
|     { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a range to the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range)
 | |
|     { m_ranges.Add(range); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
 | |
|     { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies from @a sel.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel)
 | |
|     { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Equality operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Index operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the selection ranges.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the selection ranges.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the selection ranges.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the number of ranges in the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the range at the given index.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets a single range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the container for which the selection is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the container for which the selection is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the selection is valid.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none
 | |
|         at the level of the object's container.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextRangeArray            m_ranges;
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox*   m_container;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextDrawingContext
 | |
| 
 | |
|     A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information
 | |
|         such as virtual attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Init()
 | |
|     { m_buffer = NULL; m_enableVirtualAttributes = true; m_enableImages = true; m_layingOut = false; m_enableDelayedImageLoading = false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Does this object have virtual attributes?
 | |
|         Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
 | |
|         affecting the actual styling.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the virtual attributes for this object.
 | |
|         Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
 | |
|         affecting the actual styling.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | |
|         For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | |
|         For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | |
|         The function is passed the count returned by GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
 | |
|         to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
 | |
|         for highlighting special characters.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the virtual text for this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Enables virtual attribute processing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b) { m_enableVirtualAttributes = b; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if virtual attribute processing is enabled.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const { return m_enableVirtualAttributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Enable or disable images
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void EnableImages(bool b) { m_enableImages = b; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if images are enabled.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool GetImagesEnabled() const { return m_enableImages; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set laying out flag
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void SetLayingOut(bool b) { m_layingOut = b; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if laying out.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool GetLayingOut() const { return m_layingOut; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Enable or disable delayed image loading
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void EnableDelayedImageLoading(bool b) { m_enableDelayedImageLoading = b; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if delayed image loading is enabled.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool GetDelayedImageLoading() const { return m_enableDelayedImageLoading; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the buffer pointer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const { return m_buffer; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer*   m_buffer;
 | |
|     bool                m_enableVirtualAttributes;
 | |
|     bool                m_enableImages;
 | |
|     bool                m_enableDelayedImageLoading;
 | |
|     bool                m_layingOut;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextObject
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This is the base for drawable rich text objects.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextObject);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextObject();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | |
|         example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | |
|         Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
 | |
|         and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | |
|         or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
 | |
|         information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object
 | |
|         position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity.
 | |
|         @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself
 | |
|         if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found.
 | |
|         @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Pass wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS if you only want to consider objects
 | |
|         directly under the object you are calling HitTest on. Otherwise, it will recurse
 | |
|         and potentially find a nested object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context), long WXUNUSED(index), wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(height), bool WXUNUSED(forceLineStart)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the best size, i.e. the ideal starting size for this object irrespective
 | |
|         of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses
 | |
|         the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return m_size; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | |
|         is invalid for this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const  = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
 | |
|         the first part in 'this'.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long WXUNUSED(pos)) { return NULL; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) { end = start ; m_range.SetRange(start, end); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Deletes the given range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the object is empty.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this class of object is floatable.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is currently floating.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsFloating() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().IsFloating(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the floating direction.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetFloatDirection() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns any text in this object for the given range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) const { return wxEmptyString; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one.
 | |
|         The calling code will then delete the given object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object can potentially be split, by virtue of having
 | |
|         different virtual attributes for individual sub-objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the final object in the split objects if this object was split due to differences between sub-object virtual attributes.
 | |
|         Returns itself if it was not split.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) { return this; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
 | |
|         is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
 | |
|         but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_XML
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Imports this object from XML.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy.
 | |
|         This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be
 | |
|         implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the
 | |
|         more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node.
 | |
|         This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for
 | |
|         switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined
 | |
|         (on by default).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("unknown"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table.
 | |
|         Required for composite selection handling to work.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
 | |
|         For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end)) const { return wxRichTextSelection(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const { return m_size; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | |
|         us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | |
|         us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | |
|         us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | |
|         us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
 | |
|         image size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const { return wxTextAttrSize(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object position in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object position in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy.
 | |
|         TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the
 | |
|         top of the coordinate space.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the rectangle enclosing the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object's range within its container.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ownRange = range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const { return m_ownRange; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() { return m_ownRange; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const { return IsTopLevel() ? m_ownRange : m_range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is composite.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsComposite() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
 | |
|         @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns a pointer to the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the pointer to the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent) { m_parent = parent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top-level container of this object.
 | |
|         May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return
 | |
|         a different container.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top-level container of this object.
 | |
|         Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const { return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetContainer() : GetContainer(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetMargins(int margin);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetLeftMargin() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetRightMargin() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetTopMargin() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetBottomMargin() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
 | |
|         margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
 | |
|         lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space
 | |
|         for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and
 | |
|         sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained
 | |
|         in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace.
 | |
|         (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
 | |
|                     const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
 | |
|                     const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adjusts the attributes for virtual attribute provision, collapsed borders, etc.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object's attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object's properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object's properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the stored descent value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the stored descent value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the containing buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_properties.SetProperty(wxT("name"), name); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetName() const { return m_properties.GetPropertyString(wxT("name")); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsShown() const { return m_show; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be
 | |
|         laid out or redrawn.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Show(bool show) { m_show = show; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clones the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return NULL; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
 | |
|         lists (not yet used).
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Reference() { m_refCount ++; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
 | |
|         lists (not yet used).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Dereference();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
 | |
|         @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0, wxRichTextObject* obj = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws a border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner)
 | |
|         or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
 | |
|         Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
 | |
|         is available.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin,
 | |
|         int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
 | |
|         child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
 | |
|         availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
 | |
|         E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr,
 | |
|         const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxSize                  m_size;
 | |
|     wxSize                  m_maxSize;
 | |
|     wxSize                  m_minSize;
 | |
|     wxPoint                 m_pos;
 | |
|     int                     m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any)
 | |
|     int                     m_refCount;
 | |
|     bool                    m_show;
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject*       m_parent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The range of this object (start position to end position)
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange         m_range;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange         m_ownRange;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Attributes
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr          m_attributes;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Properties
 | |
|     wxRichTextProperties    m_properties;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextObjectList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Objects of this class can contain other objects.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the children.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the children.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the number of children.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     size_t GetChildCount() const ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the nth child.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is composite.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsComposite() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
 | |
|         @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsAtomic() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns true if the buffer is empty.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const wxOVERRIDE { return GetChildCount() == 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the child object at the given character position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Appends a child, returning the position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes and optionally deletes the specified child.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Deletes all the children.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool DeleteChildren() ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectList    m_children;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class knows how to lay out paragraphs.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
 | |
|     ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_XML
 | |
|     virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the associated control.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool IsTopLevel() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
 | |
|                                                         wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType,
 | |
|                                                         const wxRichTextProperties& properties,
 | |
|                                                         wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
 | |
|                                                         const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
 | |
|         If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph
 | |
|         style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inserts an object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to delete this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws the floating objects in this buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Moves an anchored object to another paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initializes the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears all the children.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Reset();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Convenience function to add an image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is
 | |
|         a caret position, which is normally a smaller number.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the line size at the given position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
 | |
|         starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine)
 | |
|         that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start
 | |
|         of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying
 | |
|         position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the paragraph by number.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the paragraph for a given line.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the length of the paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the number of paragraphs.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the number of visible lines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetLineCount() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the text of the paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the
 | |
|         attributes are set.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
 | |
|         of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5,
 | |
|         use the range (5,5).
 | |
|         This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
 | |
|           undoable.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied
 | |
|           if the combined style at this point is already the style in question.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
 | |
|           applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
 | |
|           This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
 | |
|           of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
 | |
|           applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
 | |
|           This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
 | |
|           of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying
 | |
|           the new style.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style.
 | |
|           Only the style flags are used in this operation.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the combined text attributes for this position.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated
 | |
|         with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined
 | |
|         attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle().
 | |
|         If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function
 | |
|         will fetch the paragraph attributes.
 | |
|         Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
 | |
|         context attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the
 | |
|         given range.
 | |
|         Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be
 | |
|         included the style flags.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog:
 | |
|         the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the
 | |
|         values of further attributes to be applied uniformly.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying
 | |
|         the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that
 | |
|         are different from the @e combined attributes within the range.
 | |
|         So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range,
 | |
|         but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example,
 | |
|         say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't
 | |
|         specify a weight.
 | |
|         The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and
 | |
|         in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold.
 | |
|         When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be
 | |
|         changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph.
 | |
|         However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
 | |
|         content.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how
 | |
|         the attributes are set.
 | |
|         Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | |
|         sheet) can be passed.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | |
|           @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | |
|           as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes
 | |
|         and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList()
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Numbers the paragraphs in the given range.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
 | |
|         Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | |
|         sheet) can be passed.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | |
|           @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | |
|           as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle()
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Promotes the list items within the given range.
 | |
|         A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number
 | |
|         produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
 | |
|         Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | |
|         sheet) can be passed.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | |
|           @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | |
|           as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle()
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously
 | |
|         @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
 | |
|         attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
 | |
|         of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at
 | |
|         position 5, use the range (5,6).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
 | |
|           undoable.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
 | |
|           applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
 | |
|           applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying
 | |
|           the new properties.
 | |
|         - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets with undo the properties for the given object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SetObjectPropertiesWithUndo(wxRichTextObject& obj, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, wxRichTextObject* objToSet = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
 | |
|         of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
 | |
|         can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
 | |
|         flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
 | |
|         of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
 | |
|         can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
 | |
|         flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset).
 | |
|         Currently is only called if undo mode is on.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
 | |
|         it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
 | |
|         marker.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Calculate ranges.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void UpdateRanges();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Get all the text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetText() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied
 | |
|         (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
 | |
|         inserted text to be bold).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous
 | |
|         default style.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied
 | |
|         (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
 | |
|         inserted text to be bold).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole
 | |
|         buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which
 | |
|         only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
 | |
|         style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the basic (overall) style.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
 | |
|         unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
 | |
|         applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
 | |
|         subsequently inserted text to be bold).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do the (in)validation for this object only.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL,
 | |
|         will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we
 | |
|         will collect the rest later.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object needs layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the number of floating objects at this level.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetFloatingObjectCount() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns a list of floating objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr  m_defaultAttributes;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The invalidated range that will need full layout
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Is the last paragraph partial or complete?
 | |
|     bool            m_partialParagraph;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The floating layout state
 | |
|     wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextBox
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("textbox"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxGetTranslation("&Box"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextField
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents
 | |
|     additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table
 | |
|     of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored
 | |
|     in the object properties.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived
 | |
|     from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes
 | |
|     the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since
 | |
|     most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally
 | |
|     in a single field type definition.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve
 | |
|     the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it
 | |
|     can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField
 | |
|     function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined
 | |
|     by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display
 | |
|     type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field
 | |
|     to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic.
 | |
|     When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
|     or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content
 | |
|     appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but
 | |
|     covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on 
 | |
|     application exit.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField,
 | |
|     taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("field"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsAtomic() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool IsTopLevel() const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); }
 | |
|     wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value,
 | |
|         if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextField(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextFieldType
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one
 | |
|     field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and
 | |
|     property editing functionality for a field.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
 | |
|     application exit.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a field type definition.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
 | |
|         : m_name(name)
 | |
|         { }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType)
 | |
|         : wxObject(fieldType)
 | |
|     { Copy(fieldType); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | |
|         example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | |
|         Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
 | |
|         and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | |
|         or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | |
|         is invalid for this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj), wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return wxEmptyString; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value,
 | |
|         if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer), wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxString  m_name;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxRichTextFieldType*, wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
| 
 | |
|     A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range
 | |
|     of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start
 | |
|     and end tags.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is
 | |
|     white text on a black background.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The following display styles can be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @beginStyleTable
 | |
|     @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE}
 | |
|            Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField.
 | |
|     @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE}
 | |
|            Shows a rounded rectangle background.
 | |
|     @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER}
 | |
|            Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label.
 | |
|     @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG}
 | |
|            Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right.
 | |
|     @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG}
 | |
|            Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left.
 | |
|     @endStyleTable
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Display style types
 | |
|     enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01,
 | |
|            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02,
 | |
|            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04,
 | |
|            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08,
 | |
|            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10
 | |
|          };
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @param parent
 | |
|             The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
 | |
|             name used when adding a field to a control.
 | |
|         @param label
 | |
|             The text label to be shown on the field.
 | |
|         @param displayStyle
 | |
|             The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
 | |
|             wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
 | |
|             wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @param parent
 | |
|             The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
 | |
|             name used when adding a field to a control.
 | |
|         @param label
 | |
|             The bitmap label to be shown on the field.
 | |
|         @param displayStyle
 | |
|             The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
 | |
|             wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
 | |
|             wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         The default constructor.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         The copy constructor.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field)
 | |
|         : wxRichTextFieldType(field)
 | |
|     { Copy(field); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialises the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         The assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | |
|         example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | |
|         Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
 | |
|         and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | |
|         or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | |
|         is invalid for this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const wxOVERRIDE { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the text label for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the text label for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the display style for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the display style for fields of this type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the font used for drawing the text label.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the font used for drawing the text label.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour used for drawing the text label.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the colour used for drawing the text label.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour used for drawing the field border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the colour used for drawing the field border.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the colour used for drawing the field background.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the colour used for drawing the field background.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxString    m_label;
 | |
|     int         m_displayStyle;
 | |
|     wxFont      m_font;
 | |
|     wxColour    m_textColour;
 | |
|     wxColour    m_borderColour;
 | |
|     wxColour    m_backgroundColour;
 | |
|     int         m_verticalPadding;
 | |
|     int         m_horizontalPadding;
 | |
|     int         m_horizontalMargin;
 | |
|     int         m_verticalMargin;
 | |
|     wxBitmap    m_bitmap;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextLine
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
 | |
|     offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
 | |
|     start and end positions of the line.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
 | |
|     wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); }
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the range associated with this line.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the range associated with this line.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the parent paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the absolute range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the line size as calculated by Layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the line size as calculated by Layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object position relative to the parent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object position relative to the parent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the absolute object position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the rectangle enclosing the line.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the stored descent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the stored descent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
 | |
|     wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; }
 | |
|     const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialises the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies from @a obj.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The range of the line (start position to end position)
 | |
|     // This is relative to the parent paragraph.
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange     m_range;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph
 | |
|     wxPoint             m_pos;
 | |
|     wxSize              m_size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline)
 | |
|     int                 m_descent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The parent object
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
 | |
|     wxArrayInt          m_objectSizes;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextLine, wxRichTextLineList , class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextParagraph
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor taking a parent and style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph();
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("paragraph"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the cached lines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the cached lines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void ClearLines();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Implementation
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inserts text at the given position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns
 | |
|         the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Moves content to a list from this point.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds content back from a list.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
 | |
|         The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left
 | |
|         of the split.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds the object at the given position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the bullet text for this paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetBulletText();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Allocates or reuses a line object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears remaining unused line objects, if any.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
 | |
|         retrieve the actual style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a default tabstop array.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void InitDefaultTabs();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the default tabstop array.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void ClearDefaultTabs();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the default tabstop array.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Lays out the floating objects.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetImpactedByFloatingObjects() const { return m_impactedByFloatingObjects; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetImpactedByFloatingObjects(int i) { m_impactedByFloatingObjects = i; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph
 | |
|     wxRichTextLineList  m_cachedLines;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above
 | |
|     int                 m_impactedByFloatingObjects;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Default tabstops
 | |
|     static wxArrayInt  sm_defaultTabs;
 | |
| 
 | |
| friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextPlainText
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This object represents a single piece of text.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const wxOVERRIDE { return m_text.empty(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't.
 | |
|     virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_XML
 | |
|     virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("text"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copies the text object,
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Clones the text object.
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| private:
 | |
|     bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxString    m_text;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextImageBlock
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImageBlock();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialises the block.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the block.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Load the original image into a memory block.
 | |
|         If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
 | |
|         to conserve space.
 | |
|         If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to
 | |
|         load the image a second time.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
 | |
|                                 wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
 | |
|         format.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Makes the image block.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Writes the block to a file.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Write(const wxString& filename);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Writes the data in hex to a stream.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Reads the data in hex from a stream.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy from @a block.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Load a wxImage from the block
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Load(wxImage& image);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operators
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operation.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the raw data.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the data size in bytes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the image type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the data size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the image type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the data is non-NULL.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; }
 | |
|     bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the extension for the block's type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetExtension() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Implementation
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Writes a memory block to stream.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Writes a memory block to a file.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     // Size in bytes of the image stored.
 | |
|     // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file.
 | |
|     unsigned char*      m_data;
 | |
|     size_t              m_dataSize;
 | |
|     wxBitmapType        m_imageType;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextImage
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class implements a graphic object.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     enum { ImageState_Unloaded, ImageState_Loaded, ImageState_Bad };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { Init(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Destructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     ~wxRichTextImage();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialisation.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxGetTranslation("&Picture"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_XML
 | |
|     virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Images can be floatable (optionally).
 | |
|     virtual bool IsFloatable() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("image"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the image cache.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); m_imageState = ImageState_Loaded; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Resets the image cache.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(-1, -1); m_imageState = ImageState_Unloaded; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the image block containing the raw data.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the image object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clones the image object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a cached image at the required size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxSize& retImageSize, bool resetCache = false, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do the loading and scaling
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LoadAndScaleImageCache(wxImage& image, const wxSize& sz, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, bool& changed);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the original image size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const { return m_originalImageSize; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the original image size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_originalImageSize = sz; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the image state.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetImageState() const { return m_imageState; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the image state.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetImageState(int state) { m_imageState = state; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxRichTextImageBlock    m_imageBlock;
 | |
|     wxBitmap                m_imageCache;
 | |
|     wxSize                  m_originalImageSize;
 | |
|     int                     m_imageState;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand;
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextBuffer
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ;
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the command processor.
 | |
|         A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph
 | |
|         styles found in the style sheet.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the style sheet.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const wxOVERRIDE { return m_styleSheet; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
 | |
|         editing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
 | |
|         editing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and
 | |
|         inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control
 | |
|         where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation
 | |
|         and inter-paragraph spacing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialisation.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Init();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Loads content from a file.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement file loading.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Saves content to a file.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement file saving.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| #endif // wxUSE_FFILE
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Loads content from a stream.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement loading from a stream.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Saves content to a stream.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement saving to a stream.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) wxOVERRIDE { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly
 | |
|         if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for
 | |
|         subsequent actions.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
 | |
|         next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         End collapsing undo/redo commands.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we are collapsing commands.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the collapsed command.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented
 | |
|         differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then
 | |
|         it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history
 | |
|         when the action is submitted to the command processor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         End suppressing undo/redo commands.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Are we suppressing undo??
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy the range to the clipboard.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Paste the clipboard content to the buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begin using a style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         End the style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EndStyle();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         End all styles.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EndAllStyles();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the style stack.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void ClearStyleStack();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using bold.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginBold();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using bold.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using italic.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginItalic();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using italic.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using underline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginUnderline();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using underline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using point size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using point size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using this font.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using a font.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using this colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends using a colour.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using alignment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends alignment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for
 | |
|         the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all
 | |
|         but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear
 | |
|         to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be
 | |
|         indented relative to the subsequent lines.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends left indent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends right indent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing
 | |
|         in tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends paragraph spacing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where
 | |
|         10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends line spacing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins numbered bullet.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the
 | |
|         application should take care of incrementing the numbering.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1.
 | |
|         @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre.
 | |
|         @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values:
 | |
| 
 | |
|         wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item.
 | |
|         The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet.
 | |
|         The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts
 | |
|         at leftMargin + leftSubIndent.
 | |
|         So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the
 | |
|         left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends numbered bullet.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used
 | |
|         to render the bulleted paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends symbol bullet.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names
 | |
|         (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to
 | |
|         render the bulleted paragraph.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends standard bullet.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins named character style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends named character style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins named paragraph style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends named character style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins named list style.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends named character style.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common
 | |
|         to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Ends URL.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Event handling
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds an event handler.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler,
 | |
|         but the application is free to add more if further notification is required.
 | |
|         All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as
 | |
|         the replacement of a style sheet during loading.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler()
 | |
|         is called with @true as the second argument.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the
 | |
|         object if @a deleteHandler is @true.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clear event handlers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void ClearEventHandlers();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
 | |
|         otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Implementation
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clones the buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert a newline.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert the given image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0,
 | |
|             const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to insert an object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Submits a command to delete this range.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Mark modified.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if the buffer was modified.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     //@{
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void Dump();
 | |
|     virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) wxOVERRIDE { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); }
 | |
|     //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the file handlers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a file handler to the end.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inserts a file handler at the front.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes a file handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a file handler by name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a file handler by extension and type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
 | |
|                                                             wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a handler by type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present,
 | |
|         it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be
 | |
|         used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clean up file handlers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void CleanUpHandlers();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Initialise the standard file handlers.
 | |
|         Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void InitStandardHandlers();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the drawing handlers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a drawing handler to the end.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Inserts a drawing handler at the front.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes a drawing handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a drawing handler by name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clean up drawing handlers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the field types.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds a field type.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Removes a field type by name.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Finds a field type by name.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Cleans up field types.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void CleanUpFieldTypes();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the renderer object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the
 | |
|         content, such as bullets.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from
 | |
|         wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more
 | |
|         virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the floating layout mode. Pass @false to speed up editing by not performing
 | |
|         floating layout. This setting affects all buffers.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static void SetFloatingLayoutMode(bool mode) { sm_floatingLayoutMode = mode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the floating layout mode. The default is @true, where objects
 | |
|         are laid out according to their floating status.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static bool GetFloatingLayoutMode() { return sm_floatingLayoutMode; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Command processor
 | |
|     wxCommandProcessor*     m_commandProcessor;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Table storing fonts
 | |
|     wxRichTextFontTable     m_fontTable;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Has been modified?
 | |
|     bool                    m_modified;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Collapsed command stack
 | |
|     int                     m_batchedCommandDepth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Name for collapsed command
 | |
|     wxString                m_batchedCommandsName;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions
 | |
|     wxRichTextCommand*      m_batchedCommand;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Whether to suppress undo
 | |
|     int                     m_suppressUndo;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Style sheet, if any
 | |
|     wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_styleSheet;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events
 | |
|     wxList                  m_eventHandlers;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions
 | |
|     wxList                  m_attributeStack;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Flags to be passed to handlers
 | |
|     int                     m_handlerFlags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// File handlers
 | |
|     static wxList           sm_handlers;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Drawing handlers
 | |
|     static wxList           sm_drawingHandlers;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Field types
 | |
|     static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Renderer
 | |
|     static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
 | |
|     static int              sm_bulletRightMargin;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
 | |
|     static float            sm_bulletProportion;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Floating layout mode, @true by default
 | |
|     static bool             sm_floatingLayoutMode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing
 | |
|     double                  m_scale;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Font scale for adjusting the text size when editing
 | |
|     double                  m_fontScale;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Dimension scale for reducing redundant whitespace when editing
 | |
|     double                  m_dimensionScale;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextCell
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("cell"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxGetTranslation("&Cell"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Don't allow a cell to be deleted in Defragment
 | |
|     virtual bool IsEmpty() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the column span. The default is 1.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetColSpan() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the column span.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColSpan(int span);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the row span. The default is 1.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetRowSpan() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the row span.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRowSpan(int span);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextTable
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxRichTextObject*, wxRichTextObjectPtrArray);
 | |
| WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray, wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable);
 | |
| public:
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Constructors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copy constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridables
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxT("table"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_XML
 | |
|     virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | |
|     virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table.
 | |
|     virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
 | |
|     /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CanEditProperties() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const wxOVERRIDE { return wxGetTranslation("&Table"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
 | |
|     // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
 | |
|     // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
 | |
|     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const wxOVERRIDE { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Accessors
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the cells array.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the cells array.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the row count.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the row count.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRowCount(int count) { m_rowCount = count; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the column count.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the column count.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetColumnCount(int count) { m_colCount = count; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the cell at the given row/column position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the row/column for a given character position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the coordinates of the cell with keyboard focus, or (-1,-1) if none.
 | |
|     */    
 | |
|     virtual wxPosition GetFocusedCell() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Operations
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the table.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual void ClearTable();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a table of the given dimensions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Deletes rows from the given row position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Deletes columns from the given column position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds rows from the given row position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds columns from the given column position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Makes a clone of this object.
 | |
|     virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const wxOVERRIDE { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copies this object.
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int m_rowCount;
 | |
|     int m_colCount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing
 | |
|     // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object.
 | |
|     // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems
 | |
|     // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that
 | |
|     // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the
 | |
|     // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box.
 | |
|     // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this
 | |
|     // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different
 | |
|     // class?
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray   m_cells;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** @class wxRichTextTableBlock
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Stores the coordinates for a block of cells.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTableBlock
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     wxRichTextTableBlock() { Init(); }
 | |
|     wxRichTextTableBlock(int colStart, int colEnd, int rowStart, int rowEnd)
 | |
|     { Init(); m_colStart = colStart; m_colEnd = colEnd; m_rowStart = rowStart; m_rowEnd = rowEnd; }
 | |
|     wxRichTextTableBlock(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Init() { m_colStart = 0; m_colEnd = 0; m_rowStart = 0; m_rowEnd = 0; }
 | |
|     
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         m_colStart = block.m_colStart; m_colEnd = block.m_colEnd; m_rowStart = block.m_rowStart; m_rowEnd = block.m_rowEnd;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
 | |
|     bool operator==(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
 | |
|     { return m_colStart == block.m_colStart && m_colEnd == block.m_colEnd && m_rowStart == block.m_rowStart && m_rowEnd == block.m_rowEnd; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Computes the block given a table (perhaps about to be edited) and a rich text control
 | |
|     /// that may have a selection. If no selection, the whole table is used. If just the whole content
 | |
|     /// of one cell is selected, this cell only is used. If the cell contents is not selected and
 | |
|     /// requireCellSelection is @false, the focused cell will count as a selected cell.
 | |
|     bool ComputeBlockForSelection(wxRichTextTable* table, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool requireCellSelection = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Does this block represent the whole table?
 | |
|     bool IsWholeTable(wxRichTextTable* table) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /// Returns the cell focused in the table, if any
 | |
|     static wxRichTextCell* GetFocusedCell(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int& ColStart() { return m_colStart; }
 | |
|     int ColStart() const { return m_colStart; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int& ColEnd() { return m_colEnd; }
 | |
|     int ColEnd() const { return m_colEnd; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int& RowStart() { return m_rowStart; }
 | |
|     int RowStart() const { return m_rowStart; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int& RowEnd() { return m_rowEnd; }
 | |
|     int RowEnd() const { return m_rowEnd; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int m_colStart, m_colEnd, m_rowStart, m_rowEnd;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     The command identifiers for Do/Undo.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum wxRichTextCommandId
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_INSERT,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_DELETE,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES,
 | |
|     wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextObjectAddress
 | |
| 
 | |
|     A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy,
 | |
|     without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete
 | |
|     and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array
 | |
|     of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextCommand
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectAddress
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates the address given a container and an object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); }
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     void Init() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Copies the address.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Assignment operator.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates the address given a container and an object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the address from an array of integers.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxArrayInt  m_address;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextCommand
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction
 | |
|     objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextAction
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor for one action.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
 | |
|         wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor for multiple actions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextCommand();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Performs the command.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Do() wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Undoes the command.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Undo() wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Adds an action to the action list.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Clears the action list.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void ClearActions();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the action list.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Indicate whether the control should be frozen when performing Do/Undo
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetFreeze() const { return m_freeze; }
 | |
|     void SetFreeze(bool freeze) { m_freeze = freeze; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxList  m_actions;
 | |
|     bool    m_freeze;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextAction
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Implements a part of a command.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextCommand
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within
 | |
|         which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
 | |
|         wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
 | |
|         wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextAction();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Performs the action.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Do();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Undoes the action.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool Undo();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false,
 | |
|                           const wxRect& oldFloatRect = wxRect(),
 | |
|                           wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL,
 | |
|                           bool isDoCmd = true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the new fragments.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the old fragments.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the attributes, for single-object commands.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | |
|         and the action's range start position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the associated rich text control.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Stores the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | |
|         without making an address for it (cf SetObject() and MakeObject()).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void StoreObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | |
|         and the action's range start position.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Makes an address from the given object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the existing and new objects, for use with wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetOldAndNewObjects(wxRichTextObject* oldObj, wxRichTextObject* newObj) { SetObject(oldObj); StoreObject(newObj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Calculate arrays for refresh optimization.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions,
 | |
|                                        wxRect& oldFloatRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the position used for e.g. insertion.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the position used for e.g. insertion.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the range for e.g. deletion.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the range for e.g. deletion.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the action name.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Instructs the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetIgnoreFirstTime(bool b) { m_ignoreThis = b; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns true if the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool GetIgnoreFirstTime() const { return m_ignoreThis; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     // Action name
 | |
|     wxString                        m_name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Buffer
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer*               m_buffer;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated.
 | |
|     // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't
 | |
|     // therefore store actual pointers.
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress         m_containerAddress;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Control
 | |
|     wxRichTextCtrl*                 m_ctrl;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Stores the new paragraphs
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_newParagraphs;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Stores the old paragraphs
 | |
|     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_oldParagraphs;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Stores an object to replace the one at the position
 | |
|     // defined by the container address and the action's range start position.
 | |
|     wxRichTextObject*               m_object;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Stores the attributes
 | |
|     wxRichTextAttr                  m_attributes;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes)
 | |
|     wxRichTextObjectAddress         m_objectAddress;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Stores the old attributes
 | |
|     // wxRichTextAttr                  m_oldAttributes;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The affected range
 | |
|     wxRichTextRange                 m_range;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The insertion point for this command
 | |
|     long                            m_position;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it
 | |
|     bool                            m_ignoreThis;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The command identifier
 | |
|     wxRichTextCommandId             m_cmdId;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*!
 | |
|  * Handler flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Include style sheet when loading and saving
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET       0x0001
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Save images to memory file system in HTML handler
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY    0x0010
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Save images to files in HTML handler
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES     0x0020
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64    0x0040
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment
 | |
| // in a larger document
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER         0x0080
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform
 | |
| // in a larger document
 | |
| #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES        0x0100
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextFileHandler
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The base class for file handlers.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a file handler object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0)
 | |
|         : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true)
 | |
|         { }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Loads the buffer from a stream.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement file loading.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
 | |
|     { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Saves the buffer to a stream.
 | |
|         Not all handlers will implement file saving.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
 | |
|     { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Loads the buffer from a file.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Saves the buffer to a file.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
 | |
| #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we can save using this handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if we can load using this handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's
 | |
|         load and save dialogs).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the name of the handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the name of the handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the default extension to recognise.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the default extension to recognise.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the handler type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the handler type.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetType() const { return m_type; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
 | |
|         See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant
 | |
|         for each handler.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly
 | |
|         (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API).
 | |
|         Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set
 | |
|         the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxString  m_name;
 | |
|     wxString  m_encoding;
 | |
|     wxString  m_extension;
 | |
|     int       m_type;
 | |
|     int       m_flags;
 | |
|     bool      m_visible;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Implements saving a buffer to plain text.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("Text"),
 | |
|                                const wxString& ext = wxT("txt"),
 | |
|                                wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT)
 | |
|         : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
 | |
|         { }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Can we save using this handler?
 | |
|     virtual bool CanSave() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Can we load using this handler?
 | |
|     virtual bool CanLoad() const wxOVERRIDE { return true; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_STREAMS
 | |
|     virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
|     virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The base class for custom drawing handlers.
 | |
|     Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
|     wxDECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler);
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Creates a drawing handler object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
 | |
|         : m_name(name)
 | |
|         { }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Provides virtual attributes that we can provide.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | |
|         For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | |
|         For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | |
|         Returns the number of virtual attributes found.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
 | |
|         to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
 | |
|         for highlighting special characters.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Gets the virtual text for this object.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Sets the name of the handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the name of the handler.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     wxString  m_name;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object
 | |
|         is alive.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL);
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it
 | |
|         is responsible for deleting it.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Returns the id for the new data format.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // base class pure virtuals
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
|     virtual size_t GetDataSize() const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
|     virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
|     virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // prevent warnings
 | |
| 
 | |
|     virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const wxOVERRIDE { return GetDataSize(); }
 | |
|     virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const wxOVERRIDE { return GetDataHere(buf); }
 | |
|     virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) wxOVERRIDE { return SetData(len, buf); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| protected:
 | |
|     wxDataFormat            m_formatRichTextBuffer;     // our custom format
 | |
|     wxRichTextBuffer*       m_richTextBuffer;           // our data
 | |
|     static const wxChar*    ms_richTextBufferFormatId;  // our format id
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextRenderer
 | |
| 
 | |
|     This class isolates some common drawing functionality.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextRenderer() {}
 | |
|     virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Measure the bullet.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     virtual bool MeasureBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxSize& sz) = 0;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|     @class wxRichTextStdRenderer
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The standard renderer for drawing bullets.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @library{wxrichtext}
 | |
|     @category{richtext}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|     /**
 | |
|         Constructor.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|     wxRichTextStdRenderer() {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
 | |
|     virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
 | |
|     virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Measure the bullet.
 | |
|     virtual bool MeasureBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxSize& sz) wxOVERRIDE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Set a font which may depend on text effects.
 | |
|     static void SetFontForBullet(wxRichTextBuffer& buffer, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*!
 | |
|  * Utilities
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style)
 | |
| {
 | |
|     return ((flags & style) == style);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Compare two attribute objects
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Apply one style to another
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Remove attributes
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Combine two bitlists
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Compare two bitlists
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Split into paragraph and character styles
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Compare tabs
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | |
| // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | |
| 
 | |
| WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxRichTextModuleInit();
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     // _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
 | |
| 
 |